cfg80211.h 257.3 KB
Newer Older
1 2
#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
#define __NET_CFG80211_H
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3 4 5
/*
 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
 *
6
 * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7
 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
8
 * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
9
 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
10 11 12 13 14
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
15

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
16 17 18
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
#include <linux/debugfs.h>
#include <linux/list.h>
19
#include <linux/bug.h>
20 21
#include <linux/netlink.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
22
#include <linux/nl80211.h>
23 24
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
25
#include <linux/net.h>
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
26 27
#include <net/regulatory.h>

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
/**
 * DOC: Introduction
 *
 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
 *
 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
 * use restrictions.
 */


/**
 * DOC: Device registration
 *
 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
 * described below.
 *
 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
 *
 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
 */

65 66
struct wiphy;

67
/*
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
68 69 70
 * wireless hardware capability structures
 */

71
/**
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
72 73 74 75 76
 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
 *
 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
77 78
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
 * 	sending probe requests or beaconing.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
79
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
80
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
81
 * 	is not permitted.
82
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
83
 * 	is not permitted.
84
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
 *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
 *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
 *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
 *	restrictions.
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
 *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
 *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
 *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
 *	restrictions.
95
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
96
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
97 98 99 100
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
 *	on this channel.
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
 *	on this channel.
101
 *
102
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
103 104
enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
105 106
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
	/* hole at 1<<2 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
107
	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
108 109
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
110
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
111 112
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
113
	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
114
	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
115 116
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
117 118
};

119
#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
120
	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
121

122 123 124
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138
/**
 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
 *
 * This structure describes a single channel for use
 * with cfg80211.
 *
 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
 *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
139
 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
140 141
 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
 *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
142
 *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
143 144
 * @orig_mag: internal use
 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
145 146 147
 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
 *	on this channel.
 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
148
 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
A
Andy Green 已提交
149
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
150
struct ieee80211_channel {
151
	enum nl80211_band band;
152
	u32 center_freq;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
153 154 155 156
	u16 hw_value;
	u32 flags;
	int max_antenna_gain;
	int max_power;
157
	int max_reg_power;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
158 159 160
	bool beacon_found;
	u32 orig_flags;
	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
161 162
	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
163
	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
164 165
};

A
Andy Green 已提交
166
/**
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185
 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
 *
 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
 * different bands/PHY modes.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
 *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
 *	with CCK rates.
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
 *	core code when registering the wiphy.
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 *	core code when registering the wiphy.
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 *	core code when registering the wiphy.
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
186 187
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
A
Andy Green 已提交
188
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
189 190 191 192 193 194
enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
195 196
	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
197
};
A
Andy Green 已提交
198

199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231
/**
 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
 *
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
 */
enum ieee80211_bss_type {
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
};

/**
 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
 *
 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
 */
enum ieee80211_privacy {
	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
};

#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250
/**
 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
 *
 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
 * passed around.
 *
 * @flags: rate-specific flags
 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
 *	short preamble is used
 */
struct ieee80211_rate {
	u32 flags;
	u16 bitrate;
	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
};
A
Andy Green 已提交
251

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
 *
 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
 *
 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
 */
struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
	bool ht_supported;
	u8 ampdu_factor;
	u8 ampdu_density;
	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
A
Andy Green 已提交
270 271
};

272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
 *
 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
 *
 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
 */
struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
	bool vht_supported;
	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
};

L
Luca Coelho 已提交
288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322
#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		25

/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
 *
 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
 *
 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
 */
struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
	bool has_he;
	struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
	struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
	u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
 *
 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
 * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
 *
 * @types_mask: interface types mask
 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
 */
struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
	u16 types_mask;
	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336
/**
 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
 *
 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
 * is able to operate in.
 *
 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
 *	in this band.
 * @band: the band this structure represents
 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
 *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
 *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
337
 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
338
 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
339 340 341 342 343
 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
 *	@types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
 *	one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
 *	iftype_data).
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
344 345 346 347
 */
struct ieee80211_supported_band {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
348
	enum nl80211_band band;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
349 350 351
	int n_channels;
	int n_bitrates;
	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
352
	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
353 354
	u16 n_iftype_data;
	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
355
};
A
Andy Green 已提交
356

L
Luca Coelho 已提交
357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401
/**
 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
 *
 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
 */
static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
				u8 iftype)
{
	int i;

	if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
		return NULL;

	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
		const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
			&sband->iftype_data[i];

		if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
			return data;
	}

	return NULL;
}

/**
 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
 *
 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
 */
static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
{
	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);

	if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
		return &data->he_cap;

	return NULL;
}

402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429
/**
 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
 *
 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
 *
 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
 *
 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
 * without affecting other devices.
 *
 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
 */
#ifdef CONFIG_OF
void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
#else /* CONFIG_OF */
static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
}
#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */


J
Johannes Berg 已提交
430 431 432
/*
 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
 */
A
Andy Green 已提交
433

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448
/**
 * DOC: Actions and configuration
 *
 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
 * operations use are described separately.
 *
 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
 *
 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
 * in a separate chapter.
 */

449 450 451
#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
452 453
/**
 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
454 455
 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
 *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
456
 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
457 458 459 460 461 462
 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
 *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
 *	determine the address as needed.
 *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
 **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
463 464 465 466
 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
 *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
 *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
467 468
 */
struct vif_params {
469
	u32 flags;
470 471
	int use_4addr;
	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
472 473
	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
474
};
A
Andy Green 已提交
475

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
476
/**
477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486
 * struct key_params - key information
 *
 * Information about a key
 *
 * @key: key material
 * @key_len: length of key material
 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
 *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
 *	length given by @seq_len.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
487
 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
488
 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
489 490
 */
struct key_params {
491 492
	const u8 *key;
	const u8 *seq;
493 494 495
	int key_len;
	int seq_len;
	u32 cipher;
496
	enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
497 498
};

499 500 501
/**
 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
 * @chan: the (control) channel
502 503 504 505
 * @width: channel width
 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
 *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
506 507 508
 */
struct cfg80211_chan_def {
	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
509 510 511
	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
	u32 center_freq1;
	u32 center_freq2;
512 513
};

514 515 516 517
/**
 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
 * @chandef: the channel definition
 *
518
 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
519 520
 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
 */
521 522 523
static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536
	switch (chandef->width) {
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
	default:
		WARN_ON(1);
		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
	}
537 538
}

539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555
/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
 * @channel: the control channel
 * @chantype: the channel type
 *
 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
 */
void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);

/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 *
556
 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573
 * identical, %false otherwise.
 */
static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
{
	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
}

/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 *
574
 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
575 576 577 578 579 580
 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
 */
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);

581 582 583
/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
584
 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
585 586 587 588 589 590 591
 */
bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);

/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
592 593
 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
594 595 596 597 598
 */
bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
			     u32 prohibited_flags);

599 600 601 602
/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
603 604 605
 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
 * Returns:
 *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
606 607
 */
int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
608
				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
L
Luciano Coelho 已提交
609
				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
610

611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634
/**
 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
 *
 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
 *
 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 *
 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
 */
static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
	switch (chandef->width) {
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
	default:
		break;
	}
	return 0;
}

635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661
/**
 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
 *
 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
 *
 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 *
 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
 */
static inline int
ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
	switch (chandef->width) {
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
			   chandef->chan->max_power);
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
			   chandef->chan->max_power);
	default:
		break;
	}
	return chandef->chan->max_power;
}

662 663 664
/**
 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
665
 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
666
 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
667 668 669 670 671
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
672
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
673
 *
674 675 676 677
 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
 */
enum survey_info_flags {
678 679 680 681 682 683 684
	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
685
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
686 687 688 689 690
};

/**
 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
 *
691 692
 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
 *	record to report global statistics
693 694
 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
695
 *	optional
696 697 698 699 700
 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
701
 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
702
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
703 704
 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
 *
705 706 707 708 709
 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
 * channel duty cycle etc.
 */
struct survey_info {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
710 711 712 713 714
	u64 time;
	u64 time_busy;
	u64 time_ext_busy;
	u64 time_rx;
	u64 time_tx;
715
	u64 time_scan;
716 717 718 719
	u32 filled;
	s8 noise;
};

720 721
#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4

722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738
/**
 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
 *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
 *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
 *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
 *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
 *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
 *	protocol frames.
739 740
 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
 *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
741 742 743
 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
 *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
744
 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755
 */
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
	u32 wpa_versions;
	u32 cipher_group;
	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
	int n_akm_suites;
	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
	bool control_port;
	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
756
	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
757 758
	struct key_params *wep_keys;
	int wep_tx_key;
759
	const u8 *psk;
760 761
};

762
/**
763
 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
764
 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
765
 *	or %NULL if not changed
766
 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
767
 *	or %NULL if not changed
768 769
 * @head_len: length of @head
 * @tail_len: length of @tail
770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777
 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
 *	frames or %NULL
 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
 *	Response frames or %NULL
 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
778 779
 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
780 781
 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
 *	(which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
782 783 784 785
 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
 *	(measurement type 8)
 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
 *	Token (measurement type 11)
786 787
 * @lci_len: LCI data length
 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
788
 */
789 790 791 792 793 794
struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
	const u8 *head, *tail;
	const u8 *beacon_ies;
	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
	const u8 *probe_resp;
795 796 797
	const u8 *lci;
	const u8 *civicloc;
	s8 ftm_responder;
798 799 800 801 802 803

	size_t head_len, tail_len;
	size_t beacon_ies_len;
	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
	size_t probe_resp_len;
804 805
	size_t lci_len;
	size_t civicloc_len;
806 807
};

808 809 810 811
struct mac_address {
	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
};

812 813 814 815
/**
 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
 *
 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
816
 *	entry specified by mac_addr
817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827
 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
 */
struct cfg80211_acl_data {
	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
	int n_acl_entries;

	/* Keep it last */
	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
};

828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839
/*
 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
 */
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
	struct {
		u32 legacy;
		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
};

840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850
/**
 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
 *
 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
 *
 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
 */
enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
	AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
};

851 852 853 854 855
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
 *
 * Used to configure an AP interface.
 *
856
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866
 * @beacon: beacon data
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
 *	user space)
 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
 * @crypto: crypto settings
 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
867
 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
868
 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
869 870
 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
871 872
 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
 *	MAC address based access control
873 874
 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
 *	networks.
875
 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
876 877
 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
878
 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
879 880
 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
881
 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
882 883
 */
struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
884
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
885

886 887 888
	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;

	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
889 890 891
	const u8 *ssid;
	size_t ssid_len;
	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
892 893 894
	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
	bool privacy;
	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
895
	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
896
	int inactivity_timeout;
897 898
	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
	bool p2p_opp_ps;
899
	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
900
	bool pbss;
901
	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
902 903 904

	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
905
	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
906
	bool ht_required, vht_required;
907
	u32 flags;
908 909
};

910 911 912 913 914 915 916
/**
 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
 *
 * Used for channel switch
 *
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
917 918 919 920
 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928
 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
 * @count: number of beacons until switch
 */
struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
929 930 931 932
	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
933 934 935 936 937 938
	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
	bool radar_required;
	bool block_tx;
	u8 count;
};

939 940
#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10

941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953
/**
 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
 *
 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
 *
 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
 *	to use for verification
 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
 *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
 *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
 *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
 *	nl80211_iftype.
954 955 956
 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
 *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
 *	the verification
957 958 959 960 961
 */
struct iface_combination_params {
	int num_different_channels;
	u8 radar_detect;
	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
962
	u32 new_beacon_int;
963 964
};

965 966 967
/**
 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
968
 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
969
 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
970 971 972 973 974 975
 *
 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
 */
enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
976
	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
977
	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998
	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
};

/**
 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
 *
 * Used to configure txpower for station.
 *
 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
 *	is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
 *	overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
 *	power per-interface or per-station.
 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
 *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
 *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
 *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
 *	per peer TPC.
 */
struct sta_txpwr {
	s16 power;
	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
999 1000
};

1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009
/**
 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
 *
 * Used to change and create a new station.
 *
 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
 *	(or NULL for no change)
 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1010
 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1011
 *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1012
 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1013
 *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1014 1015
 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1016
 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1017
 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1018
 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1019
 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
M
Mahesh Palivela 已提交
1020
 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1021 1022 1023 1024
 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
 *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
 *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1025 1026 1027
 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
 *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
 *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1028 1029
 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
 *	to unknown)
1030 1031 1032
 * @capability: station capability
 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1033 1034 1035 1036
 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1037 1038
 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1039
 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1040 1041
 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1042
 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1043 1044
 */
struct station_parameters {
1045
	const u8 *supported_rates;
1046
	struct net_device *vlan;
1047
	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1048
	u32 sta_modify_mask;
1049 1050
	int listen_interval;
	u16 aid;
1051
	u16 peer_aid;
1052
	u8 supported_rates_len;
1053
	u8 plink_action;
1054
	u8 plink_state;
1055 1056
	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1057 1058
	u8 uapsd_queues;
	u8 max_sp;
1059
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1060
	u16 capability;
1061
	const u8 *ext_capab;
1062
	u8 ext_capab_len;
1063 1064 1065 1066
	const u8 *supported_channels;
	u8 supported_channels_len;
	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1067 1068
	u8 opmode_notif;
	bool opmode_notif_used;
1069
	int support_p2p_ps;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1070 1071
	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
	u8 he_capa_len;
1072
	u16 airtime_weight;
1073
	struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1074 1075
};

1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081
/**
 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
 *
 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
 *
 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1082 1083 1084
 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
 *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1085 1086 1087
 */
struct station_del_parameters {
	const u8 *mac;
1088 1089
	u8 subtype;
	u16 reason_code;
1090 1091
};

1092 1093 1094
/**
 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1095 1096
 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
 *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106
 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
 *	the AP MLME in the device
 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
 *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
 *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
 *	supported/used)
 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
 *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1107 1108
 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1109 1110 1111
 */
enum cfg80211_station_type {
	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1112
	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1113 1114 1115 1116 1117
	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1118 1119
	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137
};

/**
 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
 * @params: the new parameters for a station
 * @statype: the type of station being modified
 *
 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
 */
int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				  struct station_parameters *params,
				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);

1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143
/**
 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
 *
 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
 *
1144 1145
 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1146
 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1147
 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1148
 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1149 1150
 */
enum rate_info_flags {
1151 1152
	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1153 1154
	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G			= BIT(3),
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1155
	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS			= BIT(4),
1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168
};

/**
 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
 *
 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
 *
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1169
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1170 1171
 */
enum rate_info_bw {
1172
	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1173 1174 1175 1176 1177
	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1178
	RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186
};

/**
 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
 *
 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
 *
 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1187
 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1188
 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1189
 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1190
 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1191 1192 1193 1194
 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
 *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1195 1196 1197 1198 1199
 */
struct rate_info {
	u8 flags;
	u8 mcs;
	u16 legacy;
1200
	u8 nss;
1201
	u8 bw;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1202 1203 1204
	u8 he_gi;
	u8 he_dcm;
	u8 he_ru_alloc;
1205 1206
};

1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237
/**
 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
 *
 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
 *
 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
 */
enum bss_param_flags {
	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
};

/**
 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
 *
 * Information about the currently associated BSS
 *
 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
 */
struct sta_bss_parameters {
	u8 flags;
	u8 dtim_period;
	u16 beacon_interval;
};

1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268
/**
 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
 *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
 * @flows: number of new flows seen
 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
 */
struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
	u32 filled;
	u32 backlog_bytes;
	u32 backlog_packets;
	u32 flows;
	u32 drops;
	u32 ecn_marks;
	u32 overlimit;
	u32 overmemory;
	u32 collisions;
	u32 tx_bytes;
	u32 tx_packets;
	u32 max_flows;
};

1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277
/**
 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
 *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
 *	transmitted MSDUs
 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1278
 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285
 */
struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
	u32 filled;
	u64 rx_msdu;
	u64 tx_msdu;
	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1286
	struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1287 1288
};

1289 1290
#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4

1291
/**
1292
 * struct station_info - station information
1293
 *
1294
 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1295
 *
1296 1297
 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
 *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1298
 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1299
 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1300 1301
 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1302 1303 1304
 * @llid: mesh local link id
 * @plid: mesh peer link id
 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1305 1306 1307 1308
 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
 *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
 *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1309 1310 1311
 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1312 1313
 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1314 1315 1316 1317
 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1318
 * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1319
 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1320 1321 1322 1323
 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
 *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
 *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
 *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1324 1325 1326 1327 1328
 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
 *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
 *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
 *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1329
 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1330
 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1331
 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1332 1333 1334
 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1335 1336
 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
 *	towards this station.
1337 1338 1339
 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
 *	from this peer
1340
 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1341
 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1342 1343
 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1344 1345
 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
 *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1346
 *	Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1347
 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1348 1349
 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
 *	been sent.
1350 1351 1352 1353
 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
 *	an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
 *	received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1354
 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1355
 */
1356
struct station_info {
1357
	u64 filled;
1358
	u32 connected_time;
1359
	u32 inactive_time;
1360 1361
	u64 rx_bytes;
	u64 tx_bytes;
1362 1363 1364
	u16 llid;
	u16 plid;
	u8 plink_state;
1365
	s8 signal;
1366
	s8 signal_avg;
1367 1368 1369 1370 1371

	u8 chains;
	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];

1372
	struct rate_info txrate;
1373
	struct rate_info rxrate;
1374 1375
	u32 rx_packets;
	u32 tx_packets;
1376 1377
	u32 tx_retries;
	u32 tx_failed;
1378
	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1379
	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1380
	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1381 1382

	int generation;
1383 1384 1385

	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1386

1387
	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1388
	s64 t_offset;
1389 1390 1391
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1392

1393
	u32 expected_throughput;
1394

1395
	u64 tx_duration;
1396
	u64 rx_duration;
1397
	u64 rx_beacon;
1398
	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1399 1400
	u8 connected_to_gate;

1401
	struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1402
	s8 ack_signal;
1403
	s8 avg_ack_signal;
1404

1405 1406
	u16 airtime_weight;

1407 1408
	u32 rx_mpdu_count;
	u32 fcs_err_count;
1409 1410

	u32 airtime_link_metric;
1411 1412
};

1413
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425
/**
 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
 *
 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
 * considered undefined.
 */
int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433
#else
static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
				       const u8 *mac_addr,
				       struct station_info *sinfo)
{
	return -ENOENT;
}
#endif
1434

1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440
/**
 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
 *
 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
 * according to the nl80211 flags.
 *
1441
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1442 1443 1444 1445 1446
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1447
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1448 1449
 */
enum monitor_flags {
1450
	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1451 1452 1453 1454 1455
	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1456
	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1457 1458
};

1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464
/**
 * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
 *
 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471
 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1472
 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1473
 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1474 1475 1476
 */
enum mpath_info_flags {
	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1477
	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1478 1479 1480 1481 1482
	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
1483 1484
	MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT		= BIT(7),
	MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE		= BIT(8),
1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493
};

/**
 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
 *
 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
 *
 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1494
 * @sn: target sequence number
1495 1496 1497 1498 1499
 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
 * @flags: mesh path flags
 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1500 1501 1502 1503
 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
 *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
 *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
 *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1504
 * @hop_count: hops to destination
1505
 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1506 1507 1508 1509
 */
struct mpath_info {
	u32 filled;
	u32 frame_qlen;
1510
	u32 sn;
1511 1512 1513 1514 1515
	u32 metric;
	u32 exptime;
	u32 discovery_timeout;
	u8 discovery_retries;
	u8 flags;
1516
	u8 hop_count;
1517
	u32 path_change_count;
1518 1519

	int generation;
1520 1521
};

1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532
/**
 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
 *
 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
 *
 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
 *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
 *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
 *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1533 1534 1535
 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
 *	(or NULL for no change)
 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1536
 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1537 1538
 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
 * 	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1539 1540
 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1541 1542 1543 1544 1545
 */
struct bss_parameters {
	int use_cts_prot;
	int use_short_preamble;
	int use_short_slot_time;
1546
	const u8 *basic_rates;
1547
	u8 basic_rates_len;
1548
	int ap_isolate;
1549
	int ht_opmode;
1550
	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1551
};
1552

1553
/**
1554 1555 1556
 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
 *
 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604
 *
 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
 *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
 *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
 *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
 *	mesh interface
 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
 *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
 *	elements
 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
 *	detect compatible mesh peers
 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
 *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
 *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
 *	a path discovery in milliseconds
 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
 *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
 *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
 *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
 *	element
 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
 *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
 *	element
 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
 *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
 *	announcements are transmitted
 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
 *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
 *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
 *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
 *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
 *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
 *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
 *	station to establish a peer link
 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611
 *
 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
 *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
 *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
 *
 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
 *	PREQs are transmitted.
1612 1613 1614
 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
 *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
 *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1615 1616 1617 1618
 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
 *	setting for new peer links.
 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
 *	after transmitting its beacon.
1619 1620 1621
 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
 *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
 *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1622 1623 1624 1625
 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
 *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
 *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
 *      in the mesh path table
1626
 */
1627 1628 1629 1630 1631
struct mesh_config {
	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1632 1633 1634
	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
	u8 element_ttl;
1635
	bool auto_open_plinks;
1636
	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1637
	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1638 1639 1640 1641
	u32 path_refresh_time;
	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1642
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1643
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1644
	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1645
	bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1646
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1647
	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1648
	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1649
	s32 rssi_threshold;
1650
	u16 ht_opmode;
1651 1652
	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1653
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1654 1655
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1656
	u32 plink_timeout;
1657 1658
};

1659 1660
/**
 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1661
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1662 1663
 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1664
 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1665 1666
 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1667
 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1668 1669
 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1670 1671
 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1672
 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1673 1674
 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1675
 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1676
 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1677
 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1678 1679 1680
 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
 *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
 *	to operate on DFS channels.
1681 1682
 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
 *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1683 1684 1685 1686
 *
 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
 */
struct mesh_setup {
1687
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1688 1689
	const u8 *mesh_id;
	u8 mesh_id_len;
1690 1691 1692
	u8 sync_method;
	u8 path_sel_proto;
	u8 path_metric;
1693
	u8 auth_id;
1694 1695
	const u8 *ie;
	u8 ie_len;
1696
	bool is_authenticated;
1697
	bool is_secure;
1698
	bool user_mpm;
1699 1700
	u8 dtim_period;
	u16 beacon_interval;
1701
	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1702
	u32 basic_rates;
1703
	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1704
	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1705
	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1706 1707
};

1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717
/**
 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
 *
 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
 */
struct ocb_setup {
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
};

1718 1719
/**
 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1720
 * @ac: AC identifier
1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728
 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
 *	1..32767]
 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
 *	1..32767]
 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
 */
struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1729
	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735
	u16 txop;
	u16 cwmin;
	u16 cwmax;
	u8 aifs;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757
/**
 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
 *
 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
 * in the wiphy structure.
 *
 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
 *
 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
 * to userspace.
 */
1758

1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
 * @ssid: the SSID
 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
 */
struct cfg80211_ssid {
	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
	u8 ssid_len;
};

1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783
/**
 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
 *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
 *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
 *	userspace will be notified of that
 */
struct cfg80211_scan_info {
	u64 scan_start_tsf;
	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	bool aborted;
};

1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789
/**
 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
 *
 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1790
 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1791
 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1792 1793
 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1794 1795 1796 1797 1798
 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
 *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
 *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
 *	%duration field.
1799
 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1800
 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1801
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1802
 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1803
 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1804
 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1805
 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1806
 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1807 1808 1809 1810
 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
 *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
 *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1811
 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1812 1813 1814 1815 1816
 */
struct cfg80211_scan_request {
	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
	int n_ssids;
	u32 n_channels;
1817
	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1818
	const u8 *ie;
1819
	size_t ie_len;
1820 1821
	u16 duration;
	bool duration_mandatory;
1822
	u32 flags;
1823

1824
	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1825

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1826 1827
	struct wireless_dev *wdev;

1828 1829
	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1830
	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1831

1832 1833
	/* internal */
	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1834
	unsigned long scan_start;
1835 1836
	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
	bool notified;
1837
	bool no_cck;
1838 1839 1840

	/* keep last */
	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1841 1842
};

1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853
static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
{
	int i;

	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
	}
}

1854 1855 1856
/**
 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
 *
1857 1858 1859 1860
 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
 *	or no match (RSSI only)
 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
 *	or no match (RSSI only)
1861
 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868
 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
 *	for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
 *	of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
 *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
 *	specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
 *	If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
 *	corresponding matchset.
1869 1870 1871
 */
struct cfg80211_match_set {
	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1872
	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1873
	s32 rssi_thold;
1874
	s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1875 1876
};

1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890
/**
 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
 *
 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
 *	infinite loop.
 *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
 *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
 */
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
	u32 interval;
	u32 iterations;
};

1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901
/**
 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
 *
 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
 */
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
	enum nl80211_band band;
	s8 delta;
};

1902 1903 1904
/**
 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
 *
1905
 * @reqid: identifies this request.
1906 1907 1908
 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1909
 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1910 1911
 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1912
 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1913 1914 1915 1916 1917
 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
 * 	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
 * 	(others are filtered out).
 *	If ommited, all results are passed.
 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1918
 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
1919 1920
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
 * @dev: the interface
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1921
 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1922
 * @channels: channels to scan
1923 1924
 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
 *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
1925 1926 1927 1928
 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
 *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
 *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1929 1930 1931
 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
 *	index must be executed first.
 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
1932
 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
1933 1934
 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
 *	owned by a particular socket)
1935 1936
 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
1937 1938 1939 1940
 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
 *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
 *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
 *	supported.
1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950
 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
 *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
 *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
 *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
 *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
 *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
 *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
 *	comparisions.
1951 1952
 */
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1953
	u64 reqid;
1954 1955 1956
	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
	int n_ssids;
	u32 n_channels;
1957
	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1958 1959
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
1960
	u32 flags;
1961 1962
	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
	int n_match_sets;
1963
	s32 min_rssi_thold;
1964
	u32 delay;
1965 1966
	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
	int n_scan_plans;
1967

1968 1969 1970
	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);

1971 1972 1973 1974
	bool relative_rssi_set;
	s8 relative_rssi;
	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;

1975 1976 1977
	/* internal */
	struct wiphy *wiphy;
	struct net_device *dev;
1978
	unsigned long scan_start;
1979
	bool report_results;
1980
	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1981
	u32 owner_nlportid;
1982 1983
	bool nl_owner_dead;
	struct list_head list;
1984 1985 1986 1987 1988

	/* keep last */
	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
};

1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001
/**
 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
 *
 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
 */
enum cfg80211_signal_type {
	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
};

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
/**
 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
 *	signal type
 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
 *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
 *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
 *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
 *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
 *	ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate.
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
 *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
 *	by %parent_bssid.
 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
 *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2019 2020
 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
 */
struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
	s32 signal;
	u64 boottime_ns;
2027 2028
	u64 parent_tsf;
	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2029 2030
	u8 chains;
	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2031 2032
};

2033
/**
2034
 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2035
 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2036 2037
 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
 * @len: length of the IEs
2038
 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2039 2040 2041
 * @data: IE data
 */
struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2042
	u64 tsf;
2043 2044
	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
	int len;
2045
	bool from_beacon;
2046 2047 2048
	u8 data[];
};

2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054
/**
 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
 *
 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
 * for use in scan results and similar.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2055
 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2056
 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2057 2058 2059
 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2060 2061 2062 2063
 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
 *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
 *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
 *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
2064
 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2065 2066 2067
 *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
 *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
 *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2068
 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2069 2070 2071 2072
 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
 *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
 *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
 *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2073 2074 2075 2076
 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
 *	non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
 *	(multi-BSSID support)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2077
 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2078 2079
 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2080 2081
 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2082 2083 2084 2085
 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
 */
struct cfg80211_bss {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2086
	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2087

2088 2089 2090 2091
	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;

2092
	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2093 2094
	struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
	struct list_head nontrans_list;
2095 2096 2097

	s32 signal;

2098 2099 2100
	u16 beacon_interval;
	u16 capability;

2101
	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2102 2103
	u8 chains;
	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2104

2105 2106 2107
	u8 bssid_index;
	u8 max_bssid_indicator;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2108
	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2109 2110
};

2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121
/**
 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
 * @bss: the bss to search
 * @id: the element ID
 *
 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
 * Return: %NULL if not found.
 */
const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);

2122 2123 2124
/**
 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
 * @bss: the bss to search
2125
 * @id: the element ID
2126 2127 2128
 *
 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2129
 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2130
 */
2131 2132 2133 2134
static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
{
	return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
}
2135 2136


2137 2138 2139 2140 2141
/**
 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
 * authentication.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2142
 *
2143 2144
 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
 *	to it if it needs to keep it.
2145 2146 2147
 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2148 2149 2150
 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2151 2152 2153 2154 2155
 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
 *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
 *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
 *	transaction sequence number field.
 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2156 2157
 */
struct cfg80211_auth_request {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2158
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2159 2160
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2161
	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2162 2163
	const u8 *key;
	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2164 2165
	const u8 *auth_data;
	size_t auth_data_len;
2166 2167
};

2168 2169 2170 2171
/**
 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
 *
 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2172
 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2173
 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2174 2175 2176 2177
 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
 *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
 *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
 *	request (connect callback).
2178 2179
 */
enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2180 2181 2182 2183
	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
2184 2185
};

2186 2187 2188 2189 2190
/**
 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
 * (re)association.
2191 2192 2193 2194
 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
 *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
 *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
 *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2195 2196
 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2197
 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2198
 * @crypto: crypto settings
2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204
 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
 *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
 *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
 *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
 *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
 *	frame.
2205 2206
 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2207
 *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2208
 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2209 2210
 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216
 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
 *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
 *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
 *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2217 2218
 */
struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2219
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2220
	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2221
	size_t ie_len;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2222
	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2223
	bool use_mfp;
2224 2225 2226
	u32 flags;
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2227
	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2228 2229 2230
	const u8 *fils_kek;
	size_t fils_kek_len;
	const u8 *fils_nonces;
2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
 * deauthentication.
 *
2239
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2240 2241
 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2242
 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2243 2244
 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
 *	do not set a deauth frame
2245 2246
 */
struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2247
	const u8 *bssid;
2248 2249
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2250
	u16 reason_code;
2251
	bool local_state_change;
2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2258
 * disassociation.
2259
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2260
 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2261 2262
 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2263
 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2264 2265
 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
 *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2266 2267
 */
struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2268
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2269 2270
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2271
	u16 reason_code;
2272
	bool local_state_change;
2273 2274
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
 *
 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
 * method.
 *
 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
 *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2285
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2286 2287 2288 2289
 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
 *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
 * @ie_len: length of that
2290
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2291 2292
 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
 *	after joining
2293 2294 2295 2296
 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
 *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
 *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
 *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2297 2298
 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
 *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2299 2300 2301
 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
 *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
 *	to operate on DFS channels.
2302
 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2303
 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2304
 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2305
 *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2306
 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2307 2308 2309
 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
 * 	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2310 2311
 */
struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2312 2313
	const u8 *ssid;
	const u8 *bssid;
2314
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2315
	const u8 *ie;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2316
	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2317
	u16 beacon_interval;
2318
	u32 basic_rates;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2319
	bool channel_fixed;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2320
	bool privacy;
2321
	bool control_port;
2322
	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2323
	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2324
	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2325 2326
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2327 2328
	struct key_params *wep_keys;
	int wep_tx_key;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2329 2330
};

2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341
/**
 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
 *
 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
 */
struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
	union {
2342
		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2343 2344 2345 2346
		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
	} param;
};

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354
/**
 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
 * authentication and association.
 *
 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
 *	on scan results)
2355 2356
 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
 *	%NULL if not specified
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2357 2358
 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
 *	results)
2359 2360 2361 2362
 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
 *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
 *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
 *	to use.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2363 2364 2365
 * @ssid: SSID
 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2366 2367
 * @ie: IEs for association request
 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2368
 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2369
 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2370
 * @crypto: crypto settings
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2371 2372 2373
 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2374
 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2375
 * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2376
 *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2377
 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2378
 *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2379
 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2380 2381
 * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2382 2383
 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
 *	networks.
2384
 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390
 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
 *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
 *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
 *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
 *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
 *	frame.
2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403
 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
 *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
 *	data IE.
 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
 *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
 *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
 *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
 *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2404 2405
 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
 *	offload of 4-way handshake.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2406 2407 2408
 */
struct cfg80211_connect_params {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2409
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2410
	const u8 *bssid;
2411
	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2412
	const u8 *ssid;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2413 2414
	size_t ssid_len;
	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2415
	const u8 *ie;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2416 2417
	size_t ie_len;
	bool privacy;
2418
	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2419
	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2420 2421
	const u8 *key;
	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2422
	u32 flags;
2423
	int bg_scan_period;
2424 2425
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2426 2427
	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2428
	bool pbss;
2429
	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2430
	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437
	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2438
	bool want_1x;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2439 2440
};

2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447
/**
 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
 *
 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
 *
 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2448 2449 2450
 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
 *	username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2451 2452 2453
 */
enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
2454 2455
	UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO		= BIT(1),
	UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE		= BIT(2),
2456 2457
};

2458 2459
/**
 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2460 2461 2462 2463 2464
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2465
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2466 2467 2468
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474
 */
enum wiphy_params_flags {
	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2475
	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2476
	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2477 2478 2479
	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT		= 1 << 6,
	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT	= 1 << 7,
	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM		= 1 << 8,
2480 2481
};

2482 2483
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT	256

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489
/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
 *
 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
 * caching.
 *
2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501
 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
 *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
 *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
 *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
 *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
 *	%NULL).
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2502 2503
 */
struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2504 2505
	const u8 *bssid;
	const u8 *pmkid;
2506 2507 2508 2509 2510
	const u8 *pmk;
	size_t pmk_len;
	const u8 *ssid;
	size_t ssid_len;
	const u8 *cache_id;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2511
};
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2512

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2513
/**
2514
 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2515 2516 2517 2518
 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
 *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2519
 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2520 2521 2522 2523
 *
 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
 * memory, free @mask only!
 */
2524
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2525
	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2526
	int pattern_len;
2527
	int pkt_offset;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2528 2529
};

2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562
/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
 *
 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
 * @src: source IP address
 * @dst: destination IP address
 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
 * @src_port: source port
 * @dst_port: destination port
 * @payload_len: data payload length
 * @payload: data payload buffer
 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
	struct socket *sock;
	__be32 src, dst;
	u16 src_port, dst_port;
	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
	int payload_len;
	const u8 *payload;
	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
	u32 data_interval;
	u32 wake_len;
	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
	u32 tokens_size;
	/* must be last, variable member */
	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
 *
 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
 *	operating as normal during suspend
 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2575 2576 2577 2578
 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2579 2580
 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
 *	NULL if not configured.
2581
 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2582 2583
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2584 2585 2586
	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
	     rfkill_release;
2587
	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2588
	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2589
	int n_patterns;
2590
	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2591 2592
};

2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621
/**
 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
 *
 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
 *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
 */
struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
	int delay;
	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
	int n_patterns;
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
 *
 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
 * @n_rules: number of rules
 */
struct cfg80211_coalesce {
	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
	int n_rules;
};

2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650
/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
 *
 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
 *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
 *	occurred (in MHz)
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
	int n_channels;
	u32 channels[];
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
 *
 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
 *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
 *	match information.
 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
 *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
	int n_matches;
	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
};

2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666
/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
 * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
 *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
 *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
 *	it is.
2667 2668 2669
 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2670
 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2671 2672 2673 2674
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2675 2676
	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2677 2678 2679
	s32 pattern_idx;
	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
	const void *packet;
2680
	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2681 2682
};

2683 2684
/**
 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2685 2686 2687
 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2688 2689
 */
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2690
	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2691 2692
};

2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707
/**
 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
 *
 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
 */
struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
	u16 md;
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
};

2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719
/**
 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
 *
 * @chan: channel to use
 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
 * @wait: duration for ROC
 * @buf: buffer to transmit
 * @len: buffer length
 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2720 2721
 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730
 */
struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
	bool offchan;
	unsigned int wait;
	const u8 *buf;
	size_t len;
	bool no_cck;
	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2731 2732
	int n_csa_offsets;
	const u16 *csa_offsets;
2733 2734
};

2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778
/**
 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
 *
 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
 */
struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
	u8 dscp;
	u8 up;
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
 *
 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
 */
struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
	u8 low;
	u8 high;
};

/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)

/**
 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
 *
 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
 *
 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
 *	the user priority DSCP range definition
 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
 */
struct cfg80211_qos_map {
	u8 num_des;
	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
};

2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784
/**
 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
 *
 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
 *
 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2785 2786 2787
 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
 *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
 *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2788 2789 2790
 */
struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
	u8 master_pref;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2791
	u8 bands;
2792 2793
};

2794 2795 2796 2797 2798
/**
 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
 * configuration
 *
 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2799
 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2800 2801 2802
 */
enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2803
	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2804 2805
};

2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872
/**
 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
 *
 * @filter: the content of the filter
 * @len: the length of the filter
 */
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
	const u8 *filter;
	u8 len;
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
 *
 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
 *	implementation specific.
 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
 */
struct cfg80211_nan_func {
	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
	u8 publish_type;
	bool close_range;
	bool publish_bcast;
	bool subscribe_active;
	u8 followup_id;
	u8 followup_reqid;
	struct mac_address followup_dest;
	u32 ttl;
	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
	bool srf_include;
	const u8 *srf_bf;
	u8 srf_bf_len;
	u8 srf_bf_idx;
	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
	int srf_num_macs;
	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
	u8 num_tx_filters;
	u8 num_rx_filters;
	u8 instance_id;
	u64 cookie;
};

2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889
/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
 *
 * @aa: authenticator address
 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
 * @pmk: the PMK material
 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
 *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
 *	holds PMK-R0.
 */
struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
	const u8 *aa;
	u8 pmk_len;
	const u8 *pmk;
	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
};

2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907
/**
 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
 *
 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
 *
 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
 *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
 *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
 *	authentication response command interface.
 * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
 *	authentication response command interface.
 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
 *	authentication request event interface.
 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
 *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
 *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
 *	response command interface (user space to driver).
2908
 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915
 */
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
	u16 status;
2916
	const u8 *pmkid;
2917 2918
};

2919
/**
2920
 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952
 *
 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
 *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
 *	answered
 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
 *	successfully answered
 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
 * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
 *	of how much time the responder was busy
 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
 *	initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
 *	the responder
 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
 *	for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
 */
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
	u32 filled;
	u32 success_num;
	u32 partial_num;
	u32 failed_num;
	u32 asap_num;
	u32 non_asap_num;
	u64 total_duration_ms;
	u32 unknown_triggers_num;
	u32 reschedule_requests_num;
	u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
};

2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136
/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
 *	%NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
 *	reason than just "failure"
 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
 *	in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
 *	fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
 *	by the responder
 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
 *	the square root of the variance)
 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
 *	(must have either this or @rtt_avg)
 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
 */
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
	const u8 *lci;
	const u8 *civicloc;
	unsigned int lci_len;
	unsigned int civicloc_len;
	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
	u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
	s16 burst_index;
	u8 busy_retry_time;
	u8 num_bursts_exp;
	u8 burst_duration;
	u8 ftms_per_burst;
	s32 rssi_avg;
	s32 rssi_spread;
	struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
	s64 rtt_avg;
	s64 rtt_variance;
	s64 rtt_spread;
	s64 dist_avg;
	s64 dist_variance;
	s64 dist_spread;

	u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
	    num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
	    rssi_avg_valid:1,
	    rssi_spread_valid:1,
	    tx_rate_valid:1,
	    rx_rate_valid:1,
	    rtt_avg_valid:1,
	    rtt_variance_valid:1,
	    rtt_spread_valid:1,
	    dist_avg_valid:1,
	    dist_variance_valid:1,
	    dist_spread_valid:1;
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
 * @addr: address of the peer
 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
 *	measurement was made)
 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
 * @status: status of the measurement
 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
 *	reporting partial results always set this flag
 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
 *	one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
 *	they're all aggregated for userspace.
 */
struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
	u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;

	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];

	u8 final:1,
	   ap_tsf_valid:1;

	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;

	union {
		struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
	};
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
 * @burst_period: burst period to use
 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
 * @burst_duration: burst duration
 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
 * @request_lci: request LCI information
 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
 *
 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
 */
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
	enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
	u16 burst_period;
	u8 requested:1,
	   asap:1,
	   request_lci:1,
	   request_civicloc:1;
	u8 num_bursts_exp;
	u8 burst_duration;
	u8 ftms_per_burst;
	u8 ftmr_retries;
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
 * @addr: MAC address
 * @chandef: channel to use
 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
 */
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
	u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
	struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
 *	not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
 *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
 *	be taken from the @mac_addr
 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
 *	zero it means there's no timeout
 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
 */
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
	u64 cookie;
	void *drv_data;
	u32 n_peers;
	u32 nl_portid;

	u32 timeout;

	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);

	struct list_head list;

	struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
};

3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162
/**
 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
 *
 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
 *
 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
 *
 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
 *	has to be done.
 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
 *	processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
 *	cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
 *	OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
 *	the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
 *	the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
 */
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
	u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	u16 status;
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
};

3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
 *
 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
 *
 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
 * on success or a negative error code.
 *
3172 3173 3174 3175
 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3176 3177 3178
 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
 *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
 *	configured for the device.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3179
 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3180 3181 3182
 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
 *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
 *	the device.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3183
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3184
 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3185
 *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3186
 *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3187 3188
 *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
 *	also set the address member in the wdev.
3189
 *
3190
 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3191
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3192 3193
 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
 *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3194
 *
3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200
 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
 *	when adding a group key.
 *
 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
 *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
 *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3201 3202
 *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
 *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3203 3204
 *
 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3205
 *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3206 3207
 *
 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3208
 *
3209 3210
 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
 *
3211 3212
 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3213 3214 3215 3216
 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
 *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3217 3218
 *
 * @add_station: Add a new station.
3219
 * @del_station: Remove a station
3220 3221 3222
 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
 *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
 *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3223 3224
 *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
 *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232
 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
 *
 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3233 3234
 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3235
 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3236
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3237
 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3238
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3239
 *
3240
 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3241
 *
3242
 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3243 3244 3245
 *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
 *	set, and which to leave alone.
 *
3246
 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3247 3248
 *
 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3249
 *
3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257
 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
 *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
 *	join the mesh instead.
 *
 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
 *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
 *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
 *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3258
 *
3259 3260 3261 3262
 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
 *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
 *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
 *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3263 3264
 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
 *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3265 3266
 *
 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3267
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3268
 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3269
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3270
 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3271
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3272
 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3273
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3274
 *
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3275
 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287
 *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
 *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
 *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
 *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
 *	was received.
 *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
 *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
 *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
 *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
 *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
 *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
 *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3288
 *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3289 3290 3291
 *	indication of requesting reassociation.
 *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
 *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3292
 *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300
 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
 *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
 *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
 *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
 *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
 *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
 *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3301 3302 3303 3304
 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
 *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
 *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
 *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3305
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3306 3307 3308
 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
 *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
 *	to a merge.
3309
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3310
 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3311
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3312
 *
3313 3314 3315
 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
 *	MESH mode)
 *
3316 3317 3318 3319
 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
 *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
 *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
 *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3320
 *
3321
 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3322 3323 3324 3325
 *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
 *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
 *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
 *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3326
 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3327 3328
 *	return 0 if successful
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3329 3330
 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3331 3332
 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
 *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3333
 *
3334 3335
 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
 *
3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343
 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
 *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
 *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
 *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
 *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
 *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
 *	the duration value.
3344 3345 3346
 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
 *	frame on another channel
3347
 *
3348
 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354
 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
 *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
 *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
 *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
 *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
 *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3355
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3356 3357
 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
 *
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3358 3359 3360 3361 3362
 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
 *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
 *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3363 3364
 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
 *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3365
 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3366 3367 3368 3369
 *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
 *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
 *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
 *	disabled.)
3370 3371 3372 3373 3374
 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
 *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
 *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
 *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
 *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3375 3376
 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
 *	thresholds.
3377
 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383
 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
 *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
 *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
 *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
 *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
 *	stop (when this method returns 0).
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3384
 *
3385
 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3386
 *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393
 *
 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
 *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
 *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
 *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
 *
 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3394
 *
3395 3396
 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3397 3398 3399
 *
 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
 *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3400 3401
 *
 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3402
 *
3403 3404 3405
 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
 *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
 *	current monitoring channel.
3406 3407 3408
 *
 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415
 *
 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
 *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
 *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
 *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
 *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
 *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3416 3417
 *
 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3418 3419 3420 3421
 *
 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
 *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
 *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427
 *
 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
 *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
 *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
 *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
3428
 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3429
 *
3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435
 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
 *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
 *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
 *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
 *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
 *	as soon as possible.
3436 3437
 *
 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3438 3439 3440 3441
 *
 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
 *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
 *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452
 *
 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
 *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
 *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
 *	account.
 *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
 *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
 *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
 *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
 *	rejected)
 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3453 3454 3455 3456 3457
 *
 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463
 *
 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
 *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
 *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
 *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3464 3465
 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473
 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
 *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
 *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
 *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
 *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
 *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
 *	provided @nan_func.
 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3474 3475 3476
 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
 *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
 *	All other parameters must be ignored.
3477 3478
 *
 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3479
 *
3480 3481 3482
 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
 *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
 *
3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488
 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
 *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
 *	upon which the driver should clear it.
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3489 3490 3491
 *
 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
 *     user space
3492 3493 3494
 *
 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
 *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3495 3496 3497
 *
 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
 *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3498 3499
 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3500 3501 3502 3503
 *
 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
 *	but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
 *	DH IE through this interface.
3504 3505
 */
struct cfg80211_ops {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3506
	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3507
	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3508
	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3509

3510
	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3511
						  const char *name,
3512
						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3513 3514 3515 3516
						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
						  struct vif_params *params);
	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3517 3518
	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				       struct net_device *dev,
3519
				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3520
				       struct vif_params *params);
3521 3522

	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3523
			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3524 3525
			   struct key_params *params);
	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3526 3527
			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
			   void *cookie,
3528 3529
			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3530
			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3531 3532
	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct net_device *netdev,
3533
				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3534 3535 3536
	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					struct net_device *netdev,
					u8 key_index);
3537

3538 3539 3540 3541 3542
	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3543 3544 3545


	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3546 3547
			       const u8 *mac,
			       struct station_parameters *params);
3548
	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3549
			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3550
	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3551 3552
				  const u8 *mac,
				  struct station_parameters *params);
3553
	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3554
			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3555
	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3556
				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3557 3558

	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3559
			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3560
	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3561
			       const u8 *dst);
3562
	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3563
				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3564
	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3565
			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3566
	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3567 3568
			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3569 3570 3571 3572 3573
	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3574
	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3575 3576
				struct net_device *dev,
				struct mesh_config *conf);
3577
	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584
				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);

3585 3586 3587 3588
	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);

3589 3590
	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3591

3592
	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3593
				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3594

3595 3596 3597 3598 3599
	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					     struct net_device *dev,
					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);

	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3600
				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3601

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3602
	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3603
			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3604
	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610

	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3611
			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3612
	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3613
			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3614

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3615 3616
	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3617 3618 3619 3620
	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					 struct net_device *dev,
					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
					 u32 changed);
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3621 3622 3623
	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			      u16 reason_code);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3624 3625 3626
	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3627

3628
	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3629
				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3630

3631
	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3632

3633
	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3634
				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3635 3636
	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				int *dbm);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3637

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3638
	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3639
				const u8 *addr);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3640

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3641
	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3642 3643

#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3644 3645
	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				void *data, int len);
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
3646 3647 3648
	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
				 void *data, int len);
3649
#endif
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3650

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3651 3652 3653 3654 3655
	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				    struct net_device *dev,
				    const u8 *peer,
				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);

3656 3657 3658
	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
			int idx, struct survey_info *info);

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664
	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);

3665
	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3666
				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3667 3668 3669 3670
				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
				     unsigned int duration,
				     u64 *cookie);
	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3671
					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3672 3673
					    u64 cookie);

3674
	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3675 3676
			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
			   u64 *cookie);
3677
	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3678
				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3679
				       u64 cookie);
3680

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3681 3682
	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3683 3684 3685 3686

	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				       struct net_device *dev,
				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3687

3688 3689 3690 3691
	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					     struct net_device *dev,
					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);

3692 3693 3694 3695
	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				      struct net_device *dev,
				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);

3696
	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3697
				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3698
				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3699 3700 3701

	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3702

3703 3704 3705
	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				struct net_device *dev,
				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3706 3707
	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				   u64 reqid);
3708 3709 3710

	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3711 3712

	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3713
			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3714
			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3715
			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3716
	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3717
			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3718 3719 3720

	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3721

3722 3723 3724 3725
	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				  struct net_device *dev,
				  u16 noack_map);

3726
	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3727
			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3728
			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3729 3730 3731 3732 3733

	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3734 3735 3736

	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3737 3738 3739

	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					 struct net_device *dev,
3740 3741
					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
					 u32 cac_time_ms);
3742 3743
	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749
	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
				    u16 duration);
	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3750 3751
	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3752 3753 3754 3755

	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				  struct net_device *dev,
				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3756

3757 3758 3759
	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			       struct net_device *dev,
			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3760 3761 3762

	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768

	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
			     u16 admitted_time);
	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776

	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				       struct net_device *dev,
				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					      struct net_device *dev,
					      const u8 *addr);
3777 3778 3779
	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3780 3781 3782 3783
	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			       u64 cookie);
3784 3785 3786 3787
	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
				   u32 changes);
3788 3789 3790 3791

	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					    struct net_device *dev,
					    const bool enabled);
3792

3793 3794 3795 3796
	int	(*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);

3797 3798 3799 3800
	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			   const u8 *aa);
3801 3802
	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808

	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct net_device *dev,
				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
				   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
				   const bool noencrypt);
3809 3810 3811 3812

	int	(*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				struct net_device *dev,
				struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3813 3814 3815 3816 3817

	int	(*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
	void	(*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3818 3819
	int	(*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
3820 3821
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827
/*
 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
 * and registration/helper functions
 */

/**
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835
 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
 *
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
 *	wiphy at all
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
 *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
 *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
 *	reason to override the default
3836 3837 3838
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
 *	on a VLAN interface)
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3839 3840 3841
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
 *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
 *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3842
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3843 3844
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
 *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3845 3846
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
 *	firmware.
3847
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
 *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
 *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
 *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
 *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3854
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3855 3856 3857
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
 *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
 *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3858 3859
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
 *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3860 3861
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3862
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3863 3864
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
 *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3865 3866
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
 *	before connection.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3867 3868
 */
enum wiphy_flags {
3869
	/* use hole at 0 */
3870 3871
	/* use hole at 1 */
	/* use hole at 2 */
3872 3873 3874 3875 3876
	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
3877
	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
3878
	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
3879
	/* use hole at 11 */
3880
	/* use hole at 12 */
3881
	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
3882
	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
3883 3884
	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3885
	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
3886
	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
3887
	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
3888 3889
	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
3890
	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
3891
	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
3892
	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
 * @types: interface types (bits)
 */
struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
	u16 max;
	u16 types;
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
 *
3908 3909
 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
 * combinations it supports concurrently.
3910
 *
3911 3912 3913
 * Examples:
 *
 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
3914
 *
3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926
 *    .. code-block:: c
 *
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
 *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
 *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
 *	};
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
 *		.limits = limits1,
 *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
 *		.max_interfaces = 2,
 *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
 *	};
3927 3928
 *
 *
3929
 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
3930
 *
3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942
 *    .. code-block:: c
 *
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
 *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
 *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
 *	};
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
 *		.limits = limits2,
 *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
 *		.max_interfaces = 8,
 *		.num_different_channels = 1,
 *	};
3943 3944
 *
 *
3945 3946
 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
 *
3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961
 *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
 *
 *    .. code-block:: c
 *
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
 *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
 *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
 *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
 *	};
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
 *		.limits = limits3,
 *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
 *		.max_interfaces = 4,
 *		.num_different_channels = 2,
 *	};
3962 3963 3964
 *
 */
struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
3965 3966 3967 3968
	/**
	 * @limits:
	 * limits for the given interface types
	 */
3969
	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
3970 3971 3972 3973 3974

	/**
	 * @num_different_channels:
	 * can use up to this many different channels
	 */
3975
	u32 num_different_channels;
3976 3977 3978 3979 3980

	/**
	 * @max_interfaces:
	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
	 */
3981
	u16 max_interfaces;
3982 3983 3984 3985 3986

	/**
	 * @n_limits:
	 * number of limitations
	 */
3987
	u8 n_limits;
3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993

	/**
	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
	 */
3994
	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
3995 3996 3997 3998 3999

	/**
	 * @radar_detect_widths:
	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
	 */
4000
	u8 radar_detect_widths;
4001 4002 4003 4004 4005

	/**
	 * @radar_detect_regions:
	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
	 */
4006
	u8 radar_detect_regions;
4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018

	/**
	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
	 *
	 * = 0
	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
	 * > 0
	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
	 */
4019
	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4020 4021
};

4022 4023 4024 4025
struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
	u16 tx, rx;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035
/**
 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
 *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
 *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
 *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
 *	packet should be preserved in that case
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
 *	(see nl80211.h)
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4036 4037 4038 4039 4040
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4041
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4042 4043
 */
enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
4052
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4053 4054
};

4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062
struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
	u32 data_payload_max;
	u32 data_interval_max;
	u32 wake_payload_max;
	bool seq;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069
/**
 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
 *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4070
 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4071 4072 4073 4074 4075
 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
 *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
 *	scheduled scans.
 *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
 *	details.
4076
 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082
 */
struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
	u32 flags;
	int n_patterns;
	int pattern_max_len;
	int pattern_min_len;
4083
	int max_pkt_offset;
4084
	int max_nd_match_sets;
4085
	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4086 4087
};

4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106
/**
 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
 *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
 */
struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
	int n_rules;
	int max_delay;
	int n_patterns;
	int pattern_max_len;
	int pattern_min_len;
	int max_pkt_offset;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119
/**
 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
 *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
 */
enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
};

4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136
/**
 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
 *
 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
 *
 */
enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
};

/**
 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4137 4138
 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4139 4140 4141 4142 4143
 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
 */

struct sta_opmode_info {
	u32 changed;
4144 4145
	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4146 4147 4148
	u8 rx_nss;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155
/**
 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
 *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
 *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161
 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
 *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
 *	dumpit calls.
 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
 * are used with dump requests.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167
 */
struct wiphy_vendor_command {
	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
	u32 flags;
	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
		    const void *data, int data_len);
4168 4169 4170
	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
		      unsigned long *storage);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4171 4172
};

4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190
/**
 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
 * @iftype: interface type
 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
 *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
 *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
 *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
 */
struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
};

4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226
/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
 *	(set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
 *	forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
 *	not limited)
 */
struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
	unsigned int max_peers;
	u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
	   randomize_mac_addr:1;

	struct {
		u32 preambles;
		u32 bandwidths;
		s8 max_bursts_exponent;
		u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
		u8 supported:1,
		   asap:1,
		   non_asap:1,
		   request_lci:1,
		   request_civicloc:1;
	} ftm;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4227 4228
/**
 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4229 4230 4231
 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
 *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
 *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238
 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
 * 	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
 *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
 *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4239 4240
 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites
 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4241 4242 4243 4244 4245
 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
 *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4246
 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4247 4248 4249
 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
 *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4250
 *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258
 *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
 *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
 *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
 *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
 *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
 *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4259 4260
 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
 *	unregister hardware
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4261 4262 4263
 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
 *	automatically on wiphy renames
 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4264
 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4265 4266 4267 4268
 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
 *	must be set by driver
4269 4270 4271 4272 4273
 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
 *	list single interface types.
 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
 *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4274
 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4275 4276
 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
 *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4277
 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4278 4279
 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
 *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4280 4281 4282 4283
 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
 *	this variable determines its size
 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
 *	any given scan
4284 4285
 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
 *	the device can run concurrently.
4286 4287
 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
 *	for in any given scheduled scan
4288 4289 4290
 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
 *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
 *	supported.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4291 4292 4293
 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
 *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
 *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
4294 4295
 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
 *	scans
4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301
 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
 *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
 *	single scan plan supported by the device.
 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
 *	scan plan supported by the device.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308
 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
 *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4309 4310 4311 4312
 *
 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
 *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
 *	type
4313
 *
4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320
 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
 *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
 *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
 *
 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
 *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
 *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4321
 *
4322 4323 4324 4325 4326
 * @probe_resp_offload:
 *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
 *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
 *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
 *
4327 4328
 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
 *	may request, if implemented.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4329 4330
 *
 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4331 4332 4333
 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
 *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
 *	to the suspend() operation instead.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4334 4335
 *
 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4336 4337
 * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
 *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4338 4339
 * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
 *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4340
 *
4341 4342 4343
 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
 *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
 *
4344 4345
 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
 *	supports for ACL.
4346 4347 4348 4349 4350
 *
 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
 *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
 *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
 *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4351 4352 4353
 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
 *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
 *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4354 4355
 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4356 4357 4358
 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
 *	capabilities are specified separately.
4359
 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4360 4361 4362
 *
 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4363 4364
 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4365 4366 4367 4368 4369
 *
 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
 *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
 *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
 *	some cases, but may not always reach.
4370 4371 4372 4373 4374
 *
 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
 *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
 *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
 *	infinite.
4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380
 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
 *	frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
 *	the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
 *	low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
 *	this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
 *	This value should be set in MHz.
4381 4382 4383
 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
 *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
 *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4384
 *
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
4385 4386 4387 4388
 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
 *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
 *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
 *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4389 4390 4391 4392
 *
 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4393
 *
4394 4395 4396 4397 4398
 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
 *	HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
 *	@support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
 *
4399
 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4400 4401 4402 4403
 */
struct wiphy {
	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */

4404
	/* permanent MAC address(es) */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4405
	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4406 4407 4408
	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];

	struct mac_address *addresses;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4409

4410 4411
	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;

4412 4413 4414 4415
	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
	int n_iface_combinations;
	u16 software_iftypes;

4416 4417
	u16 n_addresses;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4418 4419 4420
	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
	u16 interface_modes;

4421 4422
	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;

4423
	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4424
	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4425

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4426 4427
	u32 ap_sme_capa;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4428 4429 4430 4431
	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;

	int bss_priv_size;
	u8 max_scan_ssids;
4432
	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4433
	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4434
	u8 max_match_sets;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4435
	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4436
	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4437 4438 4439
	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4440 4441 4442 4443

	int n_cipher_suites;
	const u32 *cipher_suites;

4444 4445 4446
	int n_akm_suites;
	const u32 *akm_suites;

4447 4448 4449 4450
	u8 retry_short;
	u8 retry_long;
	u32 frag_threshold;
	u32 rts_threshold;
4451
	u8 coverage_class;
4452

4453
	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4454 4455
	u32 hw_version;

4456
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
4457
	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4458
	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4459
#endif
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4460

4461 4462
	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
4463 4464
	u8 max_num_pmkids;

4465 4466
	u32 available_antennas_tx;
	u32 available_antennas_rx;
4467

4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474
	/*
	 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
	 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
	 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
	 */
	u32 probe_resp_offload;

4475 4476 4477
	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
	u8 extended_capabilities_len;

4478 4479 4480
	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4481 4482 4483 4484 4485
	/* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
	 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
	 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
	 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
	 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4486
	const void *privid;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4487

4488
	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4489 4490

	/* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4491 4492
	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			     struct regulatory_request *request);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4493 4494 4495

	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */

4496
	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4497 4498 4499 4500 4501

	/* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
	 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
	struct device dev;

4502 4503 4504
	/* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
	bool registered;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4505 4506 4507
	/* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
	struct dentry *debugfsdir;

4508
	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4509
	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4510

4511 4512
	struct list_head wdev_list;

4513
	/* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4514
	possible_net_t _net;
4515

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4516 4517 4518 4519
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
#endif

4520 4521
	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4522
	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4523 4524
	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4525

4526 4527
	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;

4528
	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4529
	u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4530

4531 4532
	u32 bss_select_support;

L
Luca Coelho 已提交
4533 4534
	u8 nan_supported_bands;

4535 4536 4537 4538
	u32 txq_limit;
	u32 txq_memory_limit;
	u32 txq_quantum;

4539 4540 4541
	u8 support_mbssid:1,
	   support_only_he_mbssid:1;

4542 4543
	const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4544
	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4545 4546
};

4547 4548
static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
E
Eric Dumazet 已提交
4549
	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4550 4551 4552 4553
}

static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
{
E
Eric Dumazet 已提交
4554
	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4555 4556
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4557 4558 4559 4560
/**
 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4561
 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568
 */
static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
	return &wiphy->priv;
}

4569 4570 4571 4572
/**
 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
 *
 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4573
 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580
 */
static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
{
	BUG_ON(!priv);
	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595
/**
 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
 * @dev: The device to parent it to
 */
static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
{
	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
}

/**
 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4596
 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606
 */
static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
	return wiphy->dev.parent;
}

/**
 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4607
 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4608
 */
4609
static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4610 4611 4612 4613
{
	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
}

4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630
/**
 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
 *
 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
 *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
 *
 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
 */
struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
			   const char *requested_name);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639
/**
 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
 *
 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
 *
 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
 *
4640 4641
 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4642
 */
4643 4644 4645 4646 4647
static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
				      int sizeof_priv)
{
	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
}
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653

/**
 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
 *
4654
 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4655
 */
4656
int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666

/**
 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
 *
 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
 * request that is being handled.
 */
4667
void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673

/**
 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
 */
4674
void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4675

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4676
/* internal structs */
4677
struct cfg80211_conn;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4678
struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4679
struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4680
struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4681

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4682
/**
4683
 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4684
 *
4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694
 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
 *
 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4695 4696 4697 4698
 *
 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
 * @iftype: interface type
 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4699 4700 4701
 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
 *	wireless device if it has no netdev
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4702
 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4703 4704
 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
 *	the user-set channel definition.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4705
 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4706
 *	track the channel to be used for AP later
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4707 4708 4709
 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4710 4711
 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4712
 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723
 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
4724 4725 4726 4727
 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
 *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
 *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
 *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
4728 4729
 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4730 4731
 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
 *	and some API functions require it held
4732 4733
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
 *	beacons, 0 when not valid
4734
 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4735 4736
 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
 *	the P2P Device.
4737 4738
 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4739
 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745
 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
 *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4746
 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4747 4748 4749
 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4750
 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4751
 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4752 4753
 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4754
 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4755
 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4756
 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4757 4758 4759
 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4760 4761 4762 4763 4764
 */
struct wireless_dev {
	struct wiphy *wiphy;
	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4765
	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4766 4767 4768
	struct list_head list;
	struct net_device *netdev;

4769 4770
	u32 identifier;

4771 4772
	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4773

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4774 4775
	struct mutex mtx;

4776
	bool use_4addr, is_running;
4777 4778

	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4779

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
4780
	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4781
	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4782
	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4783
	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4784
	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4785
	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4786 4787 4788 4789
	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;

	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4790

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4791 4792 4793
	struct list_head event_list;
	spinlock_t event_lock;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4794
	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4795
	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4796
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4797

4798
	bool ibss_fixed;
4799
	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4800

K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4801 4802 4803
	bool ps;
	int ps_timeout;

4804 4805
	int beacon_interval;

4806
	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4807

4808 4809 4810
	u32 owner_nlportid;
	bool nl_owner_dead;

4811 4812
	bool cac_started;
	unsigned long cac_start_time;
4813
	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4814

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4815
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4816
	/* wext data */
4817
	struct {
4818 4819
		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4820
		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4821
		const u8 *ie;
4822
		size_t ie_len;
4823 4824
		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
		u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4825
		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4826
		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4827
		bool prev_bssid_valid;
4828
	} wext;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4829
#endif
4830 4831

	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4832 4833 4834 4835

	struct list_head pmsr_list;
	spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
	struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4836 4837
};

4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844
static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
{
	if (wdev->netdev)
		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
	return wdev->address;
}

4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851
static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
{
	if (wdev->netdev)
		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
	return wdev->is_running;
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4852 4853 4854 4855
/**
 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
 *
 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4856
 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863
 */
static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
{
	BUG_ON(!wdev);
	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4864 4865 4866 4867
/**
 * DOC: Utility functions
 *
 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4868 4869 4870 4871
 */

/**
 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4872
 * @chan: channel number
4873
 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
4874
 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4875
 */
4876
int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4877 4878 4879

/**
 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4880
 * @freq: center frequency
4881
 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4882
 */
4883
int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4884 4885 4886

/**
 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
4887
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4888 4889
 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
4890
 *
4891
 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4892
 */
4893
struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901

/**
 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
 *
 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
 *
4902 4903 4904 4905
 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4906 4907 4908 4909 4910
 */
struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);

4911 4912 4913
/**
 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4914
 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
4915 4916 4917 4918
 *
 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
 */
4919 4920
u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
4921

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928
/*
 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
 *
 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
 */

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944
struct radiotap_align_size {
	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
};

struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
	int n_bits;
	uint32_t oui;
	uint8_t subns;
};

struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
	int n_ns;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4945 4946
/**
 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971
 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
 *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
 *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
 *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
 *	the beginning of the actual data portion
 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
 *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
 *	radiotap namespace or not
 *
 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
 * @_arg_index: next argument index
 * @_arg: next argument pointer
 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
 *	next bitmap word
 *
 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4972 4973 4974
 */

struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4975 4976 4977 4978 4979
	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;

	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
4980
	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4981 4982

	unsigned char *this_arg;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4983
	int this_arg_index;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4984
	int this_arg_size;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4985

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991
	int is_radiotap_ns;

	int _max_length;
	int _arg_index;
	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
	int _reset_on_ext;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4992 4993
};

4994 4995 4996 4997 4998
int
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
				 int max_length,
				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4999

5000 5001
int
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5002

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5003

5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009
extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];

/**
 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
 *
5010 5011
 * @skb: the frame
 *
5012
 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5013
 * returns the 802.11 header length.
5014
 *
5015 5016 5017
 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
 * 802.11 header.
5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023
 */
unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);

/**
 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5024
 * Return: The header length in bytes.
5025
 */
5026
unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5027

5028 5029 5030 5031
/**
 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
 *	(first byte) will be accessed
5032
 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5033 5034 5035 5036
 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
 */
unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044
/**
 * DOC: Data path helpers
 *
 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
 */

5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051
/**
 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
 *	of it being pushed into the SKB
 * @addr: the device MAC address
 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5052
 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5053 5054 5055
 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
 */
int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5056 5057
				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
				  u8 data_offset);
5058

5059 5060 5061 5062 5063
/**
 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
 * @addr: the device MAC address
 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5064
 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5065
 */
5066 5067 5068
static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
{
5069
	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5070
}
5071

Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
5072 5073 5074
/**
 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
 *
5075 5076 5077
 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
5078
 *
5079
 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
5080 5081 5082 5083 5084
 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
 *	initialized by by the caller.
 * @addr: The device MAC address.
 * @iftype: The device interface type.
 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5085 5086
 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
5087 5088 5089
 */
void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5090
			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5091
			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
5092

5093 5094 5095
/**
 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
 * @skb: the data frame
5096
 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5097
 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5098
 */
5099 5100
unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5101

5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128
/**
 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
 *
 * @eid: element ID
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 * @match: byte array to match
 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
 *	Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
 *	the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
 *	the data portion instead.
 *
 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
 * requested element struct.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
 * byte array to match.
 */
const struct element *
cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
			 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
			 unsigned int match_offset);

5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152
/**
 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
 *
 * @eid: element ID
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 * @match: byte array to match
 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
 *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
 *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
 *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
 *	the second byte is the IE length.
 *
 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
 * element ID.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
 * byte array to match.
 */
5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190
static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
		       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
		       unsigned int match_offset)
{
	/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
	 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
	 */
	if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
		    (!match_len && match_offset)))
		return NULL;

	return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
						match, match_len,
						match_offset ?
							match_offset - 2 : 0);
}

/**
 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
 *
 * @eid: element ID
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 *
 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
 * requested element struct.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
 * having to fit into the given data.
 */
static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
}
5191

5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198
/**
 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
 *
 * @eid: element ID
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 *
5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205
 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
 * having to fit into the given data.
5206
 */
5207 5208 5209 5210
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
}
5211

5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233
/**
 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
 *
 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 *
 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
 * requested element struct.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
 * having to fit into the given data.
 */
static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
					&ext_eid, 1, 0);
}

5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254
/**
 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
 *
 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 *
 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
 * having to fit into the given data.
 */
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
}

5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273
/**
 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
 *
 * @oui: vendor OUI
 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 *
 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
 * return the element structure for the requested element.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
 * the given data.
 */
const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
						const u8 *ies,
						unsigned int len);

5274 5275 5276 5277
/**
 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
 *
 * @oui: vendor OUI
5278
 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5279 5280 5281
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 *
5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288
 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
 * element ID.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
 * the given data.
5289
 */
5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295
static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
			const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
{
	return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
}
5296

5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307
/**
 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @addr: STA MAC address
 *
 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
 * devices upon STA association.
 */
void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5308 5309 5310 5311
/**
 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
 *
 * TODO
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335
 */

/**
 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
 *	conflicts)
 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
 * 	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
 * 	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
 * 	alpha2.
 *
 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
 *
 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
 *
 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
 * an -ENOMEM.
5336 5337
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5338
 */
5339
int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5340

5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354
/**
 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
 *
 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
 * information.
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
 */
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);

5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368
/**
 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
 *
 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
 */
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379
/**
 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
 *
 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5380
 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5381
 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5382
 * that called this helper.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5383
 */
5384 5385
void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396

/**
 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
 *
 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
 * and processed already.
 *
5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403
 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5404
 */
5405 5406
const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					       u32 center_freq);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5407

5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416
/**
 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
 *
 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
 * proper string representation.
 */
const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);

5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438
/**
 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
 *
 */

/**
 * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
 *
 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
 *
 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
 *
 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
 * an -ENODATA.
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
 */
5439 5440
int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
			struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5441

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5442 5443 5444 5445 5446
/*
 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
 * functions and BSS handling helpers
 */

5447 5448 5449 5450
/**
 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
 *
 * @request: the corresponding scan request
5451
 * @info: information about the completed scan
5452
 */
5453 5454
void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5455

5456 5457 5458 5459
/**
 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5460
 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5461
 */
5462
void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5463 5464 5465 5466 5467

/**
 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5468
 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5469 5470 5471 5472 5473
 *
 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
 */
5474
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5475

5476 5477 5478 5479
/**
 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5480
 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486
 *
 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
 */
5487
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5488

5489
/**
5490
 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5491
 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5492
 * @data: the BSS metadata
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5493 5494
 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
 * @len: length of the management frame
5495 5496 5497 5498
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
 * the BSS should be updated/added.
5499
 *
5500 5501
 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
 * Or %NULL on error.
5502
 */
5503
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
			       gfp_t gfp);

static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5510
cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5511
				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5512 5513
				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523
				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
		.chan = rx_channel,
		.scan_width = scan_width,
		.signal = signal,
	};

	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
}
5524 5525

static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5526
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5527
			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5528
			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5529 5530
			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537
	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
		.chan = rx_channel,
		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
		.signal = signal,
	};

	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5538
}
5539

5540 5541 5542 5543 5544
/**
 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5545
 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5546 5547
 */
static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5548
					  u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5549
{
5550 5551 5552
	u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
	u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
	u64 new_bssid_u64;
5553

5554
	new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5555

5556
	new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5557

5558
	u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5559 5560
}

5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568
/**
 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
 * @element: element to check
 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
 */
bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
				   const struct element *non_inherit_element);

5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582
/**
 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
 * @ie: ies
 * @ielen: length of IEs
 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
 */
size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
			      const struct element *mbssid_elem,
			      const struct element *sub_elem,
			      u8 **merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5583
/**
5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596
 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
 *	from a beacon or probe response
 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
 */
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
};

/**
5597
 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5598 5599
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5600
 * @data: the BSS metadata
5601
 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5602
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5603
 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611
 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
 * the BSS should be updated/added.
5612
 *
5613 5614
 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
 * Or %NULL on error.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5615
 */
5616
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624
cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
			 gfp_t gfp);

static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5625
cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5626
			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5627
			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5628
			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5629 5630
			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642
			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
		.chan = rx_channel,
		.scan_width = scan_width,
		.signal = signal,
	};

	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
					gfp);
}
5643 5644

static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5645
cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5646
		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5647
		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5648 5649
		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5650 5651
		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660
	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
		.chan = rx_channel,
		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
		.signal = signal,
	};

	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
					gfp);
5661
}
5662

5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672
/**
 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
 */
5673 5674 5675
struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
				      const u8 *bssid,
5676
				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5677
				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5678
				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684
static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
{
	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5685 5686
				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5687 5688
}

5689 5690
/**
 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5691
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5692 5693 5694 5695
 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
 *
 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
 */
5696
void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5697 5698 5699

/**
 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5700
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5701 5702 5703 5704
 * @bss: the BSS struct
 *
 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
 */
5705
void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5706

5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717
/**
 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @bss: the bss to remove
 *
 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
 */
void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5718

5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731
static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
	switch (chandef->width) {
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
	default:
		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
	}
}

5732
/**
5733
 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
5734 5735 5736 5737
 * @dev: network device
 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
 * @len: length of the frame data
 *
5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749
 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
 *
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5750
 */
5751
void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5752

5753
/**
5754
 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
5755 5756
 * @dev: network device
 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
5757
 *
5758 5759
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
 * mutex.
5760
 */
5761
void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5762

5763
/**
5764
 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
5765
 * @dev: network device
5766 5767
 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
 *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
5768
 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
5769
 * @len: length of the frame data
5770 5771
 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
 *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
5772 5773
 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
5774
 *
5775 5776 5777 5778
 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
 *
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5779
 */
5780 5781
void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5782
			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5783 5784
			    int uapsd_queues,
			    const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
5785

5786
/**
5787
 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5788
 * @dev: network device
5789
 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5790
 *
5791
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5792
 */
5793
void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5794

5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805
/**
 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
 * @dev: network device
 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
 *
 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
 * an association attempt was abandoned.
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
 */
void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);

5806
/**
5807
 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5808
 * @dev: network device
5809
 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5810 5811 5812
 * @len: length of the frame data
 *
 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5813
 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5814 5815
 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5816
 */
5817
void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5818

5819
/**
5820
 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5821 5822 5823 5824
 * @dev: network device
 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
 * @len: length of the frame data
 *
5825 5826
 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5827 5828
 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
 */
5829 5830
void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5831

5832 5833 5834 5835 5836
/**
 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
 * @dev: network device
 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
5837
 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
5838
 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
5839
 * @gfp: allocation flags
5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846
 *
 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
 * primitive.
 */
void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
5847
				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
5848

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5849 5850 5851 5852 5853
/**
 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
5854
 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
 */
5864 5865
void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5866

5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872
/**
 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
M
Matteo Croce 已提交
5873
 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
 */
void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
5881 5882
		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
		int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
5883

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897
/**
 * DOC: RFkill integration
 *
 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
 *
 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
 */

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916
/**
 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @blocked: block status
 */
void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);

/**
 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 */
void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);

/**
 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 */
void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941
/**
 * DOC: Vendor commands
 *
 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
 * the configuration mechanism.
 *
 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
 *
 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
 * managers etc. need.
 */

struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
					   int approxlen);

5942
struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5943
					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5944 5945
					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5946
					   unsigned int portid,
5947 5948 5949 5950 5951
					   int vendor_event_idx,
					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);

void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995
/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
 *	be put into the skb
 *
 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
 *
 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
 *
 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
 *
 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
 */
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
{
	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
}

/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
 *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
 *
 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
 * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
 * skb regardless of the return value.
 *
 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
 */
int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);

5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004
/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 *
 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
 * Valid to call only there.
 */
unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);

6005 6006 6007
/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6008
 * @wdev: the wireless device
6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016
 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
 *	be put into the skb
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
 * vendor-specific multicast group.
 *
6017 6018 6019 6020
 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
 * attribute.
 *
6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026
 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
 * skb to send the event.
 *
 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
 */
static inline struct sk_buff *
6027 6028
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6029
{
6030
	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6031
					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067
					  0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
}

/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @wdev: the wireless device
 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
 *	be put into the skb
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
 *
 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
 * attribute.
 *
 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
 * skb to send the event.
 *
 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
 */
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
				  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
{
	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
					  portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082
}

/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
 */
static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
{
	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
}

6083
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094
/**
 * DOC: Test mode
 *
 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
 * factory programming.
 *
 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
 */

6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104
/**
 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
 *	be put into the skb
 *
 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
 *
6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111
 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6112 6113 6114
 *
 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6115 6116
 *
 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6117
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
{
	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
}
6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129

/**
 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
 *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
 *
6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135
 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
 * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
 * regardless of the return value.
 *
 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6136
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
6137 6138 6139 6140
static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
}
6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151

/**
 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
 *	be put into the skb
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
 * testmode multicast group.
 *
6152 6153 6154 6155 6156
 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
 * in any other way.
6157 6158 6159
 *
 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
 * skb to send the event.
6160 6161
 *
 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6162
 */
6163 6164 6165
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
{
6166
	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6167
					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6168 6169
					  approxlen, gfp);
}
6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180

/**
 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
 *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
 * consumes it.
 */
6181 6182 6183 6184
static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
{
	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
}
6185 6186

#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
6187
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
6188 6189
#else
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
6190
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6191 6192
#endif

6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216
/**
 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
 *	@erp_next_seq_num is valid.
 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
 *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
 *	status for a FILS connection.
 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
 *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
 */
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
	const u8 *kek;
	size_t kek_len;
	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
	u16 erp_next_seq_num;
	const u8 *pmk;
	size_t pmk_len;
	const u8 *pmkid;
};

6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234
/**
 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
 *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
 *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
 *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
 *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
 *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
 *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
 *	case.
 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
 *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and
 *	@bss needs to be specified.
 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6235
 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250
 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
 *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
 *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
 *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
 *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
 *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
 */
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
	int status;
	const u8 *bssid;
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
	const u8 *req_ie;
	size_t req_ie_len;
	const u8 *resp_ie;
	size_t resp_ie_len;
6251
	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272
	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
};

/**
 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @params: connection response parameters
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
 */
void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
			   gfp_t gfp);

6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283
/**
 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained
 *	through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL)
 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291
 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
 *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
 *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
 *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
 *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
 *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
 *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
 *	case.
6292
 * @gfp: allocation flags
6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298
 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
 *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
 *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
 *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
 *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
 *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6299
 *
6300 6301 6302
 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6303 6304 6305
 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6306
 */
6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327
static inline void
cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
{
	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;

	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
	params.status = status;
	params.bssid = bssid;
	params.bss = bss;
	params.req_ie = req_ie;
	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;

	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
}
6328

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337
/**
 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6338
 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6339 6340 6341 6342
 *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
 *	the real status code for failures.
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
6343 6344 6345
 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6346 6347
 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6348
 */
6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355
static inline void
cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
{
	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6356 6357
			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367
}

/**
 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
 * @gfp: allocation flags
6368
 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6369 6370 6371 6372 6373
 *
 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6374 6375 6376
 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6377 6378 6379
 */
static inline void
cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6380 6381
			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6382 6383
{
	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6384
			     gfp, timeout_reason);
6385
}
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6386 6387

/**
6388
 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6389
 *
6390
 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6391 6392
 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6393 6394 6395 6396
 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6397
 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6398
 */
6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406
struct cfg80211_roam_info {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
	const u8 *bssid;
	const u8 *req_ie;
	size_t req_ie_len;
	const u8 *resp_ie;
	size_t resp_ie_len;
6407
	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6408
};
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6409

6410
/**
6411
 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6412 6413
 *
 * @dev: network device
6414
 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6415 6416
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423
 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6424
 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6425 6426
 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
 * released while diconneting from the current bss.
6427
 */
6428 6429
void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
		     gfp_t gfp);
6430

6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447
/**
 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
 * indicate the 802.11 association.
 */
void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
			      gfp_t gfp);

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454
/**
 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
 * @ie_len: length of IEs
 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6455
 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
 */
void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6462 6463
			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6464

6465 6466
/**
 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6467
 * @wdev: wireless device
6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473
 * @cookie: the request cookie
 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
 *	channel
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
6474
void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6475 6476 6477 6478 6479
			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);

/**
 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6480
 * @wdev: wireless device
6481 6482 6483 6484
 * @cookie: the request cookie
 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
6485
void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6486 6487
					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
					gfp_t gfp);
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
6488

6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495
/**
 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
 *
 * @sinfo: the station information
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6496

6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509
/**
 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
 * @sinfo: the station information
 *
 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
 * the stack.)
 */
static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
{
	kfree(sinfo->pertid);
}

6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520
/**
 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
 *
 * @dev: the netdev
 * @mac_addr: the station's address
 * @sinfo: the station information
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);

6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530
/**
 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
 * @dev: the netdev
 * @mac_addr: the station's address
 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);

6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537
/**
 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
 *
 * @dev: the netdev
 * @mac_addr: the station's address
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
6538 6539 6540 6541 6542
static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
{
	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
}
6543

6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562
/**
 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
 *
 * @dev: the netdev
 * @mac_addr: the station's address
 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
 * for some reasons, this function is called.
 *
 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
 */
void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
			  gfp_t gfp);

6563
/**
6564
 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6565
 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6566
 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6567
 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6568
 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6569
 * @len: length of the frame data
6570
 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6571
 *
6572 6573 6574 6575
 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
 *
 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6576 6577 6578
 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6579
 */
6580
bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6581
		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6582 6583

/**
6584
 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6585
 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6586 6587
 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6588 6589 6590 6591
 * @len: length of the frame data
 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
6592 6593
 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6594 6595
 * transmission attempt.
 */
6596
void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6597
			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6598

6599

6600 6601 6602
/**
 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6603 6604 6605 6606 6607
 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
 *	is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
 *	This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
 *	responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
 *	skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619
 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
 *
 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
 * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
 * control port frames over nl80211.
 *
 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
 *
 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
 */
bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6620
			      struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6621

6622 6623 6624 6625
/**
 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
 * @dev: network device
 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6626
 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
 */
void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6634
			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6635

6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647
/**
 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
 * @dev: network device
 * @peer: peer's MAC address
 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
 *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
 *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
 * @gfp: context flags
 */
void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);

6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662
/**
 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
 * @dev: network device
 * @peer: peer's MAC address
 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
 * given interval is exceeded.
 */
void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);

6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671
/**
 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
 * @dev: network device
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
 */
void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);

6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682
/**
 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
 */
void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);

6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696
/**
 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
 * @dev: network device
 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
 * frame.
 */
void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
				       gfp_t gfp);

6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712
/**
 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
 * @netdev: network device
 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
 * @event: type of event
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
 * also by full-MAC drivers.
 */
void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);


6713 6714 6715 6716 6717
/**
 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
6718
 * @gfp: allocation flags
6719 6720 6721 6722
 */
void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);

6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733
/**
 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
 * @dev: network device
 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);

6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742
/**
 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
 * @addr: the transmitter address
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
 * sender.
6743
 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6744 6745 6746 6747 6748
 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
 */
bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);

6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758
/**
 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
 * @addr: the transmitter address
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
 * station to avoid event flooding.
6759
 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6760 6761 6762 6763 6764
 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
 */
bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770
/**
 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
 * @addr: the address of the peer
 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
6771 6772
 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
6773 6774 6775
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6776 6777
			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
6778

6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784
/**
 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
 * @frame: the frame
 * @len: length of the frame
 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
6785
 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792
 *
 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
 */
void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
6793
				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
6794

6795
/**
6796
 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
6797
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6798
 * @chandef: the channel definition
6799
 * @iftype: interface type
6800
 *
6801 6802
 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
6803
 */
6804
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6805 6806
			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6807

6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824
/**
 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @chandef: the channel definition
 * @iftype: interface type
 *
 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
 * more permissive conditions.
 *
 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
 */
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);

6825 6826 6827
/*
 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
 * @dev: the device which switched channels
6828
 * @chandef: the new channel definition
6829
 *
6830 6831
 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
 * driver context!
6832
 */
6833 6834
void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6835

6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849
/*
 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
 * @chandef: the future channel definition
 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
 *
 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
 */
void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
				       u8 count);

6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 6857 6858
/**
 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
 *
 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
 * @band: band pointer to fill
 *
 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
 */
bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
6859
				       enum nl80211_band *band);
6860

6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871
/**
 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
 *
 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
 *
 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
 */
bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
					  u8 *op_class);

6872 6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 6882 6883 6884 6885 6886 6887 6888 6889 6890
/*
 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
 *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
 */
void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);

6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896
/*
 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
 *
 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
 */
6897
u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
6898

6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914
/**
 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
 *
 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
 *
 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
 */
void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);

6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
 * @ies: FT IEs
 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
 */
struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
	const u8 *ies;
	size_t ies_len;
	const u8 *target_ap;
	const u8 *ric_ies;
	size_t ric_ies_len;
};

/**
 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
 * @netdev: network device
 * @ft_event: IE information
 */
void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);

6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950
/**
 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
 * @ies: the input IE buffer
 * @len: the input length
 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
 *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
 *
 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
 *
6951 6952 6953
 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
6954
 */
6955 6956 6957
int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
6958

6959 6960 6961 6962 6963
/**
 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
 * @ies: the IE buffer
 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6964 6965
 *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
 *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995
 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
 *
 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
 * split.
 *
 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
 *
 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
 *
 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
 * of the buffer should be used.
 */
size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
			      size_t offset);

/**
 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
 * @ies: the IE buffer
 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6996 6997
 *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
 *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015
 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
 *
 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
 * split.
 *
 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
 *
 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
 *
 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
 * of the buffer should be used.
 */
7016 7017 7018 7019 7020
static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
{
	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
}
7021

7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030 7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036
/**
 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
 * else caused the wakeup.
 */
void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
				   gfp_t gfp);

7037 7038 7039 7040
/**
 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
 *
 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7041
 * @gfp: allocation flags
7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048
 *
 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
 */
void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);

7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056
/**
 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 *
 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
 */
unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);

7057 7058 7059 7060
/**
 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7061
 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067
 *
 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
 * the interface combinations.
 */
int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7068
				struct iface_combination_params *params);
7069

7070 7071 7072 7073
/**
 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7074
 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7075 7076 7077 7078 7079 7080 7081 7082
 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
 *
 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
 * purposes.
 */
int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7083
			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
7084 7085 7086 7087
			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
					    void *data),
			       void *data);

7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 7095 7096 7097 7098 7099 7100 7101 7102
/*
 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @wdev: wireless device
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
 * disconnected.
 *
 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
 */
void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			 gfp_t gfp);

7103 7104 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116
/**
 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
 *
 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
 *
 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
 * the driver while the function is running.
 */
void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);

7117 7118 7119 7120 7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 7129 7130 7131 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 7139 7140 7141 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 7150 7151 7152
/**
 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
 *
 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
 */
static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
{
	u8 *ft_byte;

	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
}

/**
 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
 *
 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
 */
static inline bool
wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
{
	u8 ft_byte;

	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
}
7153

7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 7159 7160 7161
/**
 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
 *
 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
 */
void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);

7162 7163 7164 7165 7166 7167 7168 7169 7170 7171 7172 7173 7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 7181 7182 7183 7184 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198
/**
 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
 *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
 *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
 *	 result.
 *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
 * @inst_id: the local instance id
 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
 * @info_len: the length of the &info
 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
 */
struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
	u8 inst_id;
	u8 peer_inst_id;
	const u8 *addr;
	u8 info_len;
	const u8 *info;
	u64 cookie;
};

/**
 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
 * @match: match notification parameters
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
 */
void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);

7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 7214
/**
 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
 *
 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
 * @inst_id: the local instance id
 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
 */
void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				  u8 inst_id,
				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);

7215 7216 7217
/* ethtool helper */
void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);

7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228
/**
 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
 * @netdev: network device
 * @params: External authentication parameters
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
 */
int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
				   gfp_t gfp);

7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235 7236 7237 7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 7244 7245 7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251 7252 7253
/**
 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
 * @req: the original measurement request
 * @result: the result data
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
			  gfp_t gfp);

/**
 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
 * @req: the original measurement request
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
 */
void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			    struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
			    gfp_t gfp);

7254 7255 7256 7257 7258
/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */

/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */

#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
7259
	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7260
#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7261
	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7262
#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7263
	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7264
#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7265
	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7266
#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7267
	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7268
#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7269
	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7270
#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7271
	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7272
#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7273
	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7274

7275
#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7276
	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7277

7278
#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7279
	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7280 7281 7282 7283 7284 7285 7286 7287

#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
#define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
#else
#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
({									\
	if (0)								\
		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
7288
	0;								\
7289 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295 7296 7297 7298 7299
})
#endif

/*
 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
 * file/line information and a backtrace.
 */
#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);

7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305 7306 7307 7308 7309
/**
 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
 * @netdev: network device
 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
				    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
				    gfp_t gfp);

7310
#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */